doc clarifications for server flags
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229
230 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
231 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
232 @cindex dongles
233 @cindex FTDI
234 @cindex wiggler
235 @cindex zy1000
236 @cindex printer port
237 @cindex USB Adapter
238 @cindex RTCK
239
240 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
241 an adapter .... [snip]
242
243 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
244 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
245 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
246 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
247 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
248 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
249 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
250
251
252 @section Choosing a Dongle
253
254 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
255
256 @enumerate
257 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
258 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
259 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
260 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
261 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
262 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
263 Ethernet port needed?
264 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
265 @end enumerate
266
267 @section Stand alone Systems
268
269 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
270 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
271 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
272 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
273 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
274
275 @section USB FT2232 Based
276
277 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
278 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
279 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
280 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
281 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
282 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
283
284 @itemize @bullet
285 @item @b{usbjtag}
286 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
287 @item @b{jtagkey}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
289 @item @b{jtagkey2}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
291 @item @b{oocdlink}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
293 @item @b{signalyzer}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
295 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
297 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
298 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
299 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
300 disabling the Stellaris chip.
301 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
302 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
303 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
304 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
305 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
306 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
307 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
308 @item @b{flyswatter}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
310 @item @b{turtelizer2}
311 @* See:
312 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
313 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
314 @item @b{comstick}
315 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
316 @item @b{stm32stick}
317 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
318 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
319 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
320 @item @b{cortino}
321 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
322 @end itemize
323
324 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
325
326 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
327 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
328 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
329 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
330 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
331
332 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
333 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
334 (see the section on driver commands).
335
336 @itemize
337 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
338 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
339 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
340 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
341 @end itemize
342
343 @section USB JLINK based
344 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
345 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
346 AT91SAM764 internally.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
350 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
351 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
353 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
354 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
355 @end itemize
356
357 @section USB RLINK based
358 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
359
360 @itemize @bullet
361 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
362 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
363 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
364 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
365 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
366 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
367 @end itemize
368
369 @section USB Other
370 @itemize @bullet
371 @item @b{USBprog}
372 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
373
374 @item @b{USB - Presto}
375 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
376
377 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
379
380 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
381 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
382 @end itemize
383
384 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
385
386 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
387 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
388 these on the market.
389
390 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
391 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
392 of USB-based ones.
393
394 @itemize @bullet
395
396 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
398
399 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
400 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
401 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
402
403 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
405
406 @item @b{GW16402}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
408
409 @item @b{Wiggler2}
410 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
411 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
412
413 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
414 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
415
416 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
417 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
418
419 @item @b{arm-jtag}
420 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
421
422 @item @b{chameleon}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
424
425 @item @b{Triton}
426 @* Unknown.
427
428 @item @b{Lattice}
429 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
430 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
431
432 @item @b{flashlink}
433 @* From ST Microsystems;
434 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
435 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
436
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section Other...
440 @itemize @bullet
441
442 @item @b{ep93xx}
443 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
444
445 @item @b{at91rm9200}
446 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
447
448 @end itemize
449
450 @node About JIM-Tcl
451 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
452 @cindex JIM Tcl
453 @cindex tcl
454
455 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
456 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
457 command interpreter.
458
459 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
460 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
461 much of anything about Tcl.
462 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
463
464 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
465
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
468 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
469 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
470 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
471 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
472 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
473
474 @item @b{Missing Features}
475 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
476 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
477
478 @item @b{Scripts}
479 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
480 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
481 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
482
483 @item @b{Commands}
484 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
485 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
486 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
487 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
488
489 @item @b{Historical Note}
490 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
491
492 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
493 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
494 @end itemize
495
496 @node Running
497 @chapter Running
498 @cindex command line options
499 @cindex logfile
500 @cindex directory search
501
502 The @option{--help} option shows:
503 @verbatim
504 bash$ openocd --help
505
506 --help | -h display this help
507 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
508 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
509 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
510 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
511 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
512 --command | -c run <command>
513 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
514 @end verbatim
515
516 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
517 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
518 To specify one or more different
519 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
520
521 @example
522 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
523 @end example
524
525 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
526 @enumerate
527 @item the current directory,
528 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
529 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
530 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
531 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
532 @end enumerate
533 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
534
535 @section Simple setup, no customization
536
537 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
538 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
539 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
540 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
541 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
542
543 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
544 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
545 the server like:
546
547 @example
548 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
549 @end example
550
551 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
552 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
553 If all goes well you'll see output something like
554
555 @example
556 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
557 For bug reports, read
558 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
559 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
560 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
561 @end example
562
563 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
564 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
565 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
566
567 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
568
569 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
570 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
571 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
572 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
573 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
574 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
575 ensure that this always succeeds.
576 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
577 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
578 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
579 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
580
581 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
582 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
583 those channels.
584
585 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
586 the @option{-d} option.
587
588 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
589 @option{-c} command line switch.
590
591 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
592 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
593 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
594 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
595 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
596 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
597 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
598
599 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
600 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
601
602 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
603
604 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
605 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
606 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
607 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
608
609 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
610 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
611
612 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
613 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
614 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
615 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
616 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
617 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
618 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
619
620 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
621
622 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
623 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
624 and a USB cable on the other.
625 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
626 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
627
628 @enumerate
629 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
630 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
631 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
632 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
633 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
634 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
635 debugging host.
636
637 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
638 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
639 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
640 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
641 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
642
643 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
644 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
645 with 1.2 Volt boards.
646
647 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
648 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
649 ways to connect the cable.
650 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
651 Be sure it's firmly connected.
652
653 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
654 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
655 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
656 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
657 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
658 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
659 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
660 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
661
662 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
663 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
664 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
665 but are tedious to set up.
666 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
667 adapter signals to the right board pins.
668
669 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
670 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
671 you are using to run OpenOCD.
672 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
673
674 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
675 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
676 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
677
678 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
679 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
680 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
681
682 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
683 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
684 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
685 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
686
687 @end enumerate
688
689 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
690 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
691 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
692
693 @section Project Directory
694
695 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
696
697 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
698 single directory for your work with a given board.
699 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
700 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
701 files accessed through semihosting,
702 and for code you upload to the target board.
703 It is also the natural place to write files,
704 such as log files and data you download from the board.
705
706 @section Configuration Basics
707
708 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
709 a variety of ways you can mix them.
710 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
711
712 @itemize
713 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
714 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
715 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
716 @end itemize
717
718 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
719 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
720 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
721
722 @example
723 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
724
725 # GDB can also flash my flash!
726 gdb_memory_map enable
727 gdb_flash_program enable
728
729 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
730 @end example
731
732 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
733
734 @example
735 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
736 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
737 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
738 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
739 @end example
740
741 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
742 each supporting a different development task.
743 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
744 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
745
746 @quotation Important
747 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
748 problems with how it treats variables.
749 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
750 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
751 that can be tested in a later script.
752 @end quotation
753
754 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
755 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
756 to simplify your work.
757
758 @section User Config Files
759 @cindex config file, user
760 @cindex user config file
761 @cindex config file, overview
762
763 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
764 in one place.
765 One of the following will match your situation best:
766
767 @itemize
768 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
769 provided by someone else.
770 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
771 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
772 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
773 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
774 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
775 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
776
777 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
778 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
779
780 @enumerate
781 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
782 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
783 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
784 @end enumerate
785
786 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
787 The first is an interface config file.
788 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
789 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
790 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
791 meet your deadline:
792
793 @example
794 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
795 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
796 @end example
797
798 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
799 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
800 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
801 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
802
803 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
804 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
805 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
806 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
807 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
808 @xref{Autoprobing}.
809
810 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
811 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
812 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
813 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
814
815 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
816 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
817 giving access to your particular flash chips.
818 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
819 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
820
821 @quotation Note
822 When you write new configuration files, please submit
823 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
824 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
825 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
826 will help support users of any board using that chip.
827 @end quotation
828
829 @item
830 You may may need to write some C code.
831 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
832 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
833 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
834 a new chip architecture.
835 @end itemize
836
837 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
838 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
839 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
840
841 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
842 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
843 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
844 @itemize
845
846 @item
847 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
848 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
849 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
850 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
851
852 @item
853 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
854 @cindex vector_catch
855 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
856 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
857 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
858 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
859 along with messaging and tracing setup.
860 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
861
862 @item
863 You might need to override some defaults.
864 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
865 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
866
867 @item
868 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
869 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
870 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
871 @end itemize
872
873 @section Project-Specific Utilities
874
875 A few project-specific utility
876 routines may well speed up your work.
877 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
878
879 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
880 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
881 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
882 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
883 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
884 may help:
885
886 @example
887 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
888 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
889 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
890 # Leave the CPU halted.
891 reset init
892
893 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
894 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
895
896 # Start running.
897 resume 0x20000000
898 @}
899 @end example
900
901 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
902 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
903 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
904 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
905 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
906
907 @example
908 proc newboot @{ @} @{
909 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
910 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
911 # "reset halt" would be slower.
912 reset init
913
914 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
915 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
916 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
917 flash protect 0 0 1 off
918 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
919 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
920 flash protect 0 0 1 on
921
922 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
923 reset run
924 @}
925 @end example
926
927 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
928 from NAND.
929 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
930 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
931 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
932
933 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
934 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
935
936 @section Target Software Changes
937
938 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
939 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
940 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
941 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
942 handling issues like:
943
944 @itemize @bullet
945
946 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
947 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
948 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
949 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
950 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
951 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
952 your debug sessions.
953
954 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
955 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
956 That might however be your only option.
957
958 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
959 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
960 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
961 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
962 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
963 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
964 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
965 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
966 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
967 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
968 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
969 instead of the whole thing.
970 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
971 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
972
973 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
974 @cindex ARM semihosting
975 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
976 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
977 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
978 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
979 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
980 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
981 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
982 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
983 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
984 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
985 NAND or SPI flash.
986
987 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
988 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
989 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
990 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
991 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
992
993 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
994 or otherwise prevent using that state,
995 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
996 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
997 registers which can be used to change various features including
998 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
999 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1000 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1001 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1002 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1003
1004 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1005 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1006 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1007 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1008 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1009
1010 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1011 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1012 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1013 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1014 early code execution can be debugged
1015 or firmware can be replaced.
1016
1017 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1018 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1019 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1020 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1021 operations like writing to memory.)
1022
1023 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1024 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1025 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1026 various kinds of message.
1027 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1028
1029 @end itemize
1030
1031 @section Target Hardware Setup
1032
1033 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1034 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1035 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1036 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1037 working with.}
1038
1039 Common issues include:
1040
1041 @itemize @bullet
1042
1043 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1044 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1045 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1046 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1047 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1048 or one from a daughtercard).
1049 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1050 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1051
1052 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1053 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1054 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1055 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1056 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1057 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1058
1059 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1060 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1061 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1062 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1063 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1064
1065
1066 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1067 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1068 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1069 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1070 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1071 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1072 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1073
1074 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1075 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1076 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1077 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1078 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1079
1080 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1081 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1082 used to start booting.
1083
1084 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1085 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1086 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1087 multiple audio codec chips).
1088 This interacts with software
1089 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1090 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1091 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1092 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1093 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1094 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1095 audio or video codecs are used.
1096
1097 @end itemize
1098
1099 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1100 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1101 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1102 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1103 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1104 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1105 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1106 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1107 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1108 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1109
1110
1111 @node Config File Guidelines
1112 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1113
1114 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1115 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1116 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1117 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1118
1119 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1120 with files including the ones listed here.
1121 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1122 @itemize @bullet
1123 @item @file{interface} ...
1124 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1125 @example
1126 $ ls interface
1127 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1128 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1129 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1130 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1131 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1132 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1133 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1134 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1135 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1136 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1137 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1138 $
1139 @end example
1140 @item @file{board} ...
1141 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1142 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1143 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1144 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1145 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1146 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1147 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1148 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1149 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1150 a CPU and an FPGA.
1151 @example
1152 $ ls board
1153 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1154 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1155 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1156 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1157 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1158 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1159 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1160 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1161 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1162 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1163 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1164 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1165 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1166 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1167 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1168 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1169 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1170 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1171 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1172 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1173 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1174 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1175 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1176 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1177 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1178 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1179 $
1180 @end example
1181 @item @file{target} ...
1182 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1183 on a chip
1184 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1185 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1186 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1187 the target config file defines all of them.
1188 @example
1189 $ ls target
1190 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1191 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1192 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1193 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1194 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1195 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1196 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1197 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1198 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1199 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1200 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1201 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1202 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1203 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1204 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1205 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1206 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1207 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1208 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1209 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1210 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1211 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1212 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1213 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1214 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1215 $
1216 @end example
1217 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1218 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1219 @end itemize
1220
1221 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1222 file may override features in any of the above files by
1223 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1224 commands specific to their situation.
1225
1226 @section Interface Config Files
1227
1228 The user config file
1229 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1230
1231 @example
1232 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1233 @end example
1234
1235 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1236 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1237 sole developer who created it.
1238
1239 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1240 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1241 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1242 and need to provide a driver for it.
1243
1244 @section Board Config Files
1245 @cindex config file, board
1246 @cindex board config file
1247
1248 The user config file
1249 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1250
1251 @example
1252 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1253 @end example
1254
1255 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1256 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1257 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1258
1259 @enumerate
1260 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1261 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1262 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1263 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1264 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1265 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1266 @end enumerate
1267
1268 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1269 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1270 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1271 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1272
1273 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1274 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1275 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1276 configuration works.
1277
1278 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1279
1280 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1281 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1282 convention on how to use certain variables.
1283
1284 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1285 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1286 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1287 used at will within a target configuration file.
1288
1289 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1290 for a board with three chips:
1291
1292 @example
1293 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1294 set CHIPNAME network
1295 set ENDIAN big
1296 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1297 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1298 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1299 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1300
1301 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1302 set CHIPNAME video
1303 set ENDIAN little
1304 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1305 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1306 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1307 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1308
1309 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1310 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1311 unset ENDIAN
1312 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1313 @end example
1314
1315 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1316 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1317 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1318 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1319 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1320 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1321 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1322 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1323
1324 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1325 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1326 naming collisions.
1327
1328 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1329 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1330 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1331 up other clocks and peripherals.
1332
1333 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1334 @cindex variable names
1335
1336 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1337 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1338 one such chip (as shown above).
1339 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1340 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1341 to promote consistency and
1342 so that board files can override target defaults.
1343
1344 Inputs to target config files include:
1345
1346 @itemize @bullet
1347 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1348 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1349 tap identifier dotted names.
1350 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1351 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1352 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1353 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1354 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1355 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1356 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1357 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1358 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1359 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1360 @end itemize
1361
1362 Outputs from target config files include:
1363
1364 @itemize @bullet
1365 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1366 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1367 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1368 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1369 specific to that board and that target.
1370 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1371 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1372 @end itemize
1373
1374 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1375 @cindex event, reset-init
1376 @cindex reset-init handler
1377
1378 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1379 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1380 fully set up yet.
1381 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1382 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1383 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1384 handler is one of the most important.
1385
1386 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1387 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1388 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1389 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1390 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1391
1392 @quotation Note
1393 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1394 are included here.
1395 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1396 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1397 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1398 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1399 @end quotation
1400
1401 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1402 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1403 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1404 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1405 those as parameters.
1406 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1407 and disabling the watchdog.
1408 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1409 the next developer doing such work.
1410 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1411
1412 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1413 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1414 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1415 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1416
1417 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1418
1419 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1420 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1421 a low JTAG clock rate.
1422 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1423 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1424 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1425 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1426 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1427 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1428 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1429
1430 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1431 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1432 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1433 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1434 which might be less than that.
1435
1436 @quotation Warning
1437 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1438 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1439 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1440 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1441 @end quotation
1442
1443 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1444 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1445 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1446 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1447 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1448
1449 @section Target Config Files
1450 @cindex config file, target
1451 @cindex target config file
1452
1453 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1454 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1455 more target config files like this:
1456
1457 @example
1458 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1459 @end example
1460
1461 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1462 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1463 In summary the target files should contain
1464
1465 @enumerate
1466 @item Set defaults
1467 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1468 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1469 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1470 @item On-Chip flash
1471 @end enumerate
1472
1473 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1474 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1475 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1476
1477 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1478 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1479 can talk to the chip.
1480 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1481 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1482 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1483 and other processing engines.
1484
1485 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1486
1487 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1488 letting board config files express environment-specific
1489 differences in how things should be set up.
1490
1491 @example
1492 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1493 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1494 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1495 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1496 @} else @{
1497 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1498 @}
1499
1500 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1501 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1502 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1503 @} else @{
1504 set _ENDIAN little
1505 @}
1506
1507 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1508 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1509 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1510 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1511 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1512 @} else @{
1513 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1514 @}
1515 @end example
1516 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1517
1518 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1519 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1520 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1521
1522 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1523 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1524 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1525
1526 @example
1527 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1528 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1529 @end example
1530
1531 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1532 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1533 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1534 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1535 for taps.
1536
1537 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1538 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1539 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1540 looks (in part) like this:
1541
1542 @example
1543 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1544 @end example
1545
1546 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1547 to source such a config file twice, with different
1548 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1549 it adds a different TAP each time.
1550
1551 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1552 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1553 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1554 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1555
1556 @example
1557 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1558 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1559 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1560 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1561 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1562 @end example
1563
1564 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1565 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1566
1567 @itemize
1568 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1569 plus a JRC to enable them
1570 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1571 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1572 is not currently used)
1573 @end itemize
1574
1575 @subsection Add CPU targets
1576
1577 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1578 GDB and other commands can use it.
1579 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1580 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1581 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1582 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1583
1584 @example
1585 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1586 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1587 @end example
1588
1589 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1590 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1591 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1592 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1593 a work area if you can.
1594 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1595
1596 @example
1597 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1598 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1599 @end example
1600
1601 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1602
1603 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1604 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1605 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1606
1607 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1608 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1609 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1610 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1611 both signals.
1612
1613 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1614 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1615 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1616 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1617 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1618 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1619 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1620 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1621 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1622 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1623 not available.)
1624
1625 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1626 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1627 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1628 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1629 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1630 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1631 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1632 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1633
1634 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1635 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1636 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1637 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1638 slower clock than they will use later.
1639 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1640 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1641 than they will use later.
1642 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1643
1644 @quotation Important
1645 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1646 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1647 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1648 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1649 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1650 @end quotation
1651
1652 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1653
1654 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1655 special high speed download features - enable it.
1656
1657 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1658
1659 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1660 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1661 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1662 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1663 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1664 If you are using an external trace port,
1665 configure it in your board config file.
1666 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1667 configure it in your target config file.
1668
1669 @example
1670 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1671 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1672 @end example
1673
1674 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1675
1676 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1677
1678 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1679 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1680 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1681 the TARGET (chip) file.
1682
1683 Examples:
1684 @itemize @bullet
1685 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1686 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1687 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1688 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1689 @end itemize
1690
1691 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1692 @section Translating Configuration Files
1693 @cindex translation
1694 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1695 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1696 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1697 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1698 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1699 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1700
1701 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1702 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1703 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1704 convert other scripts later on.
1705
1706 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1707 replace job:
1708
1709 @example
1710 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1711 #
1712 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1713 #
1714 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1715 #
1716 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1717
1718 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1719 global TARGETNAME
1720
1721 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1722
1723 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1724 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1725 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1726 @}
1727 @end example
1728
1729
1730
1731 @node Daemon Configuration
1732 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1733 @cindex initialization
1734 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1735 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1736 supported.
1737
1738 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1739 @section Configuration Stage
1740 @cindex configuration stage
1741 @cindex config command
1742
1743 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1744 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1745 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1746 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1747 inside startup scripts.
1748
1749 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1750 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1751 which may be issued interactively.
1752 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1753 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1754
1755 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1756 flash banks,
1757 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1758 and other basic setup.
1759 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1760 may access or activate TAPs.
1761 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1762 longer be issued.
1763
1764 @section Entering the Run Stage
1765
1766 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1767 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1768 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1769 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1770 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1771 You should see no errors at this point.
1772 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1773 commands you used to configure the server.
1774 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1775 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1776 on the scan chain.
1777
1778 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1779 become available.
1780 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1781 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1782 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1783 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1784 entry to the run stage.
1785
1786 @deffn {Config Command} init
1787 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1788 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1789 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1790 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1791 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1792 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1793
1794 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1795 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1796 configuration files and/or command line options.
1797
1798 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1799 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1800 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1801 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1802 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1803 @end deffn
1804
1805 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1806 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1807 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1808
1809 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1810 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1811 scan chain.
1812 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1813 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1814
1815 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1816 they return.
1817 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1818 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1819 @end deffn
1820
1821 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1822 @section TCP/IP Ports
1823 @cindex TCP port
1824 @cindex server
1825 @cindex port
1826 @cindex security
1827 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1828 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1829 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1830
1831 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1832 access using one or more of these ports.
1833 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1834 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1835 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1836
1837 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1838 @cindex GDB server
1839 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1840 The GDB port for the
1841 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1842 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1843 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1844 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1845 @end deffn
1846
1847 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1848 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1849 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1850 output from the Tcl engine.
1851 Intended as a machine interface.
1852 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1853 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1854 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1855 @end deffn
1856
1857 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1858 Specify or query the
1859 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1860 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1861 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1862 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1863 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1864 @end deffn
1865
1866 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1867 @section GDB Configuration
1868 @cindex GDB
1869 @cindex GDB configuration
1870 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1871 The ones listed here are static and global.
1872 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1873 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1874
1875 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1876 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1877 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1878 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1879 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1880 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1881 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1882 @end deffn
1883
1884 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1885 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1886 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1887 vFlash packet is received.
1888 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1889 @end deffn
1890
1891 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1892 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1893 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1894 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1895 for flash programming to work.
1896 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1897 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1898 @end deffn
1899
1900 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1901 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1902 by GDB memory read packets.
1903 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1904 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1905 @end deffn
1906
1907 @anchor{Event Polling}
1908 @section Event Polling
1909
1910 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1911 where significant events can happen at any time.
1912 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1913 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1914 or to GDB.
1915
1916 Examples of such events include:
1917
1918 @itemize
1919 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1920 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1921 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1922 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1923 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1924 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1925 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1926 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1927 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1928 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1929 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1930 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1931 @end itemize
1932
1933 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1934 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1935 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1936 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1937 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1938
1939 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1940 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1941 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1942 to the various active targets.
1943 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1944 which is normally done in the background.
1945
1946 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1947 Poll the current target for its current state.
1948 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1949 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1950 specific information about the current state is printed.
1951 An optional parameter
1952 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1953
1954 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1955 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1956 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1957 @example
1958 > poll
1959 background polling: on
1960 target state: halted
1961 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1962 current mode: Supervisor
1963 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1964 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1965 >
1966 @end example
1967 @end deffn
1968
1969 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1970 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1971 @cindex config file, interface
1972 @cindex interface config file
1973
1974 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1975 through commands in an interface configuration
1976 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1977 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1978
1979 @example
1980 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1981 @end example
1982
1983 These commands tell
1984 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1985 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1986
1987 @example
1988 # jlink interface
1989 interface jlink
1990 @end example
1991
1992 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1993
1994
1995 @section Interface Configuration
1996
1997 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1998 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1999 more additional commands.
2000
2001 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2002 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2003 target.
2004 @end deffn
2005
2006 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2007 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2008 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2009 @end deffn
2010
2011 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2012 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2013 @end deffn
2014
2015 @section Interface Drivers
2016
2017 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2018 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2019 available at run time.
2020
2021 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2022 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2023 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2024 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2025
2026 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2027 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2028 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2029 @end deffn
2030
2031 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2032 Displays status of RTCK option.
2033 Optionally sets that option first.
2034 @end deffn
2035 @end deffn
2036
2037 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2038 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2039 This has one driver-specific command:
2040
2041 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2042 Logs some status
2043 @end deffn
2044 @end deffn
2045
2046 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2047 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2048 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2049 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2050 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2051 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2052 @end deffn
2053
2054 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2055 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2056 @end deffn
2057
2058 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2059 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2063 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2064 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2065 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2066
2067 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2068 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2069 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2070 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2071 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2072 @end deffn
2073
2074 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2075 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2076 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2077 is connected to the host.
2078 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2079 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2080 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2081 @end deffn
2082
2083 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2084 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2085 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2086 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2087 @itemize @minus
2088 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2089 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2090 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2091 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2092 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2093 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2094 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2095 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2096 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2097 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2098 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2099 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2100 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2101 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2102 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2103 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2104 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2105 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2106 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2107 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2108 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2109 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2110 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2111 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2112 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2113 @end itemize
2114 @end deffn
2115
2116 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2117 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2118 default values are used.
2119 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2120 @example
2121 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2122 @end example
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2126 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2127 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2128 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2129 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2130 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2131 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2132 @end deffn
2133
2134 For example, the interface config file for a
2135 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2136
2137 @example
2138 interface ft2232
2139 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2140 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2141 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2142 @end example
2143 @end deffn
2144
2145 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2146 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2147 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2148 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2149
2150 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2151 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2152 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2153 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2154 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2155 @end deffn
2156
2157 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2158 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2159 default values are used.
2160 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2161 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2162 @example
2163 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2164 @end example
2165 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2166 @example
2167 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2168 @end example
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2172 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2173 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2174 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2175
2176 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2177 @example
2178 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2179 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2180 @end example
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @end deffn
2184
2185 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2186 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2187 This has one driver-specific command:
2188
2189 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2190 Display either the address of the I/O port
2191 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2192 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2193 This is a write-once setting.
2194 @end deffn
2195 @end deffn
2196
2197 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2198 Segger jlink USB adapter
2199 @c command: jlink_info
2200 @c dumps status
2201 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2202 @c sets version 2 or 3
2203 @end deffn
2204
2205 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2206 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2207 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2208 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2209 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2210
2211 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2212 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2213 This is a write-once setting.
2214 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2215
2216 @itemize @minus
2217 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2218 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2219 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2220 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2221 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2222 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2223 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2224 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2225 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2226 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2227 some versions of
2228 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2229 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2230 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2231 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2232 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2233 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2234 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2235 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2236 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2237 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2238 @end itemize
2239 @end deffn
2240
2241 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2242 Display either the address of the I/O port
2243 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2244 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2245 This is a write-once setting.
2246
2247 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2248 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2249 you may encounter a problem.
2250 @end deffn
2251
2252 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2253 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2254 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2255 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2256 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2257 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2258
2259 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2260 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2261 @quotation Tip
2262 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2263 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2264 @example
2265 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2266 > jtag_khz 500
2267 @end example
2268 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2269 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2270 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2271 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2272 large set of samples.
2273 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2274 @example
2275 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2276 @end example
2277 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2278 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2279
2280 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2281 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2282 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2283 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2284 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2285 @end quotation
2286 @end deffn
2287
2288 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2289 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2290 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2294 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2295
2296 @example
2297 interface parport
2298 parport_port 0x278
2299 parport_cable wiggler
2300 @end example
2301 @end deffn
2302
2303 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2304 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2305 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2306 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2307 @end deffn
2308 @end deffn
2309
2310 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2311 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2312 @end deffn
2313
2314 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2315 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2316 @end deffn
2317
2318 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2319 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2320
2321 @quotation Note
2322 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2323 which are not currently documented here.
2324 @end quotation
2325 @end deffn
2326
2327 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2328 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2329
2330 @quotation Note
2331 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2332 which are not currently documented here.
2333 @end quotation
2334
2335 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2336 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2337 No arguments: print status.
2338 @end deffn
2339
2340 @end deffn
2341
2342 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2343 @section JTAG Speed
2344 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2345 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2346 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2347 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2348 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2349 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2350 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2351 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2352 power management software that may be active.
2353
2354 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2355 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2356 target event handler.
2357 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2358 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2359 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2360 sets up those clocks).
2361 @xref{Target Events}.
2362 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2363 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2364 in the target config file.
2365 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2366 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2367 config file instead.
2368 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2369 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2370 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2371
2372 @example
2373 jtag_rclk 3000
2374 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2375 @end example
2376
2377 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2378 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2379 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2380 may not be the fastest solution.
2381
2382 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2383 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2384
2385 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2386 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2387 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2388 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2389 than the speed specified.
2390
2391 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2392 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2393 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2394 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2395
2396 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2397 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2398 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2399 JTAG clocking after setup.
2400 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2401 If the interface device can not
2402 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2403 @end deffn
2404
2405 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2406 @cindex adaptive clocking
2407 @cindex RTCK
2408 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2409 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2410 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2411 @example
2412 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2413 jtag_rclk 3000
2414 @end example
2415 @end defun
2416
2417 @node Reset Configuration
2418 @chapter Reset Configuration
2419 @cindex Reset Configuration
2420
2421 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2422 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2423 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2424 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2425 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2426 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2427 Please see the various board files for examples.
2428
2429 @quotation Note
2430 To maintainers and integrators:
2431 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2432 Normally the board configuration file
2433 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2434 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2435
2436 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2437 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2438 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2439 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2440 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2441 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2442 @end quotation
2443
2444 @section Types of Reset
2445
2446 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2447 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2448 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2449
2450 @itemize @bullet
2451 @item
2452 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2453 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2454 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2455 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2456 @item
2457 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2458 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2459 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2460 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2461 @item
2462 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2463 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2464 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2465 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2466 @item
2467 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2468 several other types of reset.
2469 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2470 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2471 There may be individual module resets.
2472 @end itemize
2473
2474 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2475 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2476 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2477 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2478 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2479 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2480 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2481 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2482 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2483
2484 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2485 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2486
2487 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2488 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2489 common issues are:
2490
2491 @itemize @bullet
2492
2493 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2494 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2495 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2496 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2497 when either of those signals is not connected.
2498 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2499 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2500 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2501 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2502
2503 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2504 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2505 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2506 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2507
2508 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2509 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2510 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2511 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2512 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2513 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2514 hardware debouncing.
2515 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2516 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2517
2518 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2519 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2520 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2521 to use push/pull output drivers.
2522 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2523 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2524 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2525 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2526
2527 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2528 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2529 issues (not limited to errata).
2530 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2531 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2532 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2533 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2534 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2535 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2536 @end itemize
2537
2538 There can also be other issues.
2539 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2540 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2541 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2542 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2543 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2544 Agreement (NDA).
2545
2546 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2547 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2548 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2549
2550 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2551 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2552
2553 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2554
2555 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2556 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2557 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2558 allowing it to be deasserted.
2559 @end deffn
2560
2561 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2562 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2563 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2564 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2565 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2569 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2570 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2571 allowing it to be deasserted.
2572 @end deffn
2573
2574 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2575 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2576 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2577 @end deffn
2578
2579 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2580 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2581 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2582 configuration scripts.
2583
2584 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2585 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2586 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2587 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2588 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2589 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2590 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2591 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2592
2593 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2594 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2595 @var{gates},
2596 @var{trst_type},
2597 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2598 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2599 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2600 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2601 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2602 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2603
2604 @itemize
2605 @item
2606 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2607 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2608 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2609 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2610 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2611
2612 @quotation Tip
2613 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2614 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2615 @end quotation
2616
2617 @item
2618 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2619 signal implementations.
2620 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2621 indicating everything behaves normally.
2622 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2623 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2624 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2625 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2626 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2627 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2628 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2629
2630 @item
2631 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2632 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2633 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2634 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2635 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2636 while SRST is asserted.
2637 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2638 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2639 @end itemize
2640
2641 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2642 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2643 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2644 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2645 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2646
2647 @itemize
2648 @item
2649 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2650 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2651 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2652 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2653
2654 @item
2655 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2656 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2657 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2658 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2659 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2660 @end itemize
2661 @end deffn
2662
2663 @section Custom Reset Handling
2664 @cindex events
2665
2666 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2667 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2668 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2669 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2670 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2671 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2672
2673 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2674 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2675 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2676 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2677 want to reset everything at once.
2678
2679 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2680 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2681 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2682 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2683 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2684 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2685 needs special attention.
2686
2687 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2688 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2689 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2690 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2691 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2692 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2693 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2694 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2695
2696 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2697 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2698 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2699 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2700 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2701
2702 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2703 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2704 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2705 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2706 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2707 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2708 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2709 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2710 or potentially some other value.
2711
2712 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2713 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2714 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2715 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2716 (or their associated targets)
2717 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2718
2719 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2720 they return.
2721 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2722 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2723 @end deffn
2724
2725 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2726 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2727 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2728 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2729 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2730 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2731 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2732 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2733 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2734 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2735 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2739 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2740 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2741 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2742 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2743 @end deffn
2744
2745
2746 @node TAP Declaration
2747 @chapter TAP Declaration
2748 @cindex TAP declaration
2749 @cindex TAP configuration
2750
2751 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2752 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2753
2754 @itemize @bullet
2755 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2756 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2757 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2758 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2759 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2760 start running that code.
2761 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2762 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2763 and missing connections
2764 @end itemize
2765
2766 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2767 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2768 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2769 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2770 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2771
2772 @section Scan Chains
2773 @cindex scan chain
2774
2775 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2776 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2777 They also need to be added to
2778 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2779 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2780 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2781 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2782 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2783 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2784 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2785 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2786
2787 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2788 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2789 command, presented in the next chapter.
2790 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2791 debugging targets.)
2792 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2793
2794 @verbatim
2795 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2796 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2797 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2798 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2799 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2800 @end verbatim
2801
2802 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2803 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2804 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2805 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2806 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2807 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2808 until they are told to do so.
2809
2810 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2811 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2812 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2813 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2814
2815 @example
2816 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2817 @end example
2818
2819 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2820 by a given chip.
2821 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2822 and so forth.
2823 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2824 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2825 a single chip and between them.
2826 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2827
2828 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2829 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2830 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2831 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2832 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2833 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2834 includes commands something like this:
2835
2836 @example
2837 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2838 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2839 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2840 @end example
2841
2842 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2843 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2844 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2845
2846 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2847 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2848 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2849 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2850 @example
2851 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2852 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2853 @}
2854 @end example
2855 @end deffn
2856
2857 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2858 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2859 and their status.
2860 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2861 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2862 but systems with a JTAG router can
2863 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2864 @end deffn
2865
2866 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2867 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2868
2869 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2870 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2871
2872 @section TAP Names
2873 @cindex dotted name
2874
2875 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2876 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2877 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2878 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2879 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2880 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2881 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2882 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2883
2884 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2885 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2886 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2887
2888 @quotation Tip
2889 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2890 This feature is still present.
2891 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2892 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2893 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2894 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2895 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2896 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2897 @end quotation
2898
2899 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2900
2901 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2902 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2903 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2904 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2905 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2906
2907 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2908 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2909 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2910 overridable.
2911
2912 @cindex TAP naming convention
2913 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2914 and should follow this convention:
2915
2916 @itemize @bullet
2917 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2918 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2919 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2920 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2921 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2922 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2923 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2924 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2925 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2926 with a single TAP;
2927 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2928 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2929 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2930 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2931 @end itemize
2932
2933 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2934
2935 @itemize @bullet
2936 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2937 @*The length in bits of the
2938 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2939 @end itemize
2940
2941 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2942
2943 @itemize @bullet
2944 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2945 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2946 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2947 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2948 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2949 (the TAP is linked in).
2950 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2951 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2952 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2953 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2954 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2955 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2956 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2957 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2958 values that were found but not included in the list.
2959
2960 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2961 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2962 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2963 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2964 hardware to find these values.
2965 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2966 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2967 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2968 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2969 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2970 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2971 the various chip IDs.
2972 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2973 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2974 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2975 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2976 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2977 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2978 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2979 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2980 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2981 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2982 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2983 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2984 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2985 @end itemize
2986 @end deffn
2987
2988 @section Other TAP commands
2989
2990 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2991 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2992 At this writing this TAP attribute
2993 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2994 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2995 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2996 See the next section for information about the available events.
2997
2998 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2999 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3000 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3001 @end deffn
3002
3003 @anchor{TAP Events}
3004 @section TAP Events
3005 @cindex events
3006 @cindex TAP events
3007
3008 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3009 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3010 The other applies to debugger targets,
3011 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3012
3013 The TAP events currently defined are:
3014
3015 @itemize @bullet
3016 @item @b{post-reset}
3017 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3018 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3019 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3020 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3021 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3022
3023 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3024 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3025 of any particular target.
3026 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3027 @item @b{setup}
3028 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3029 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3030 @item @b{tap-disable}
3031 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3032 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3033 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3034 @item @b{tap-enable}
3035 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3036 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3037 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3038 @end itemize
3039
3040 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3041 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3042 contents to be accurate), you might:
3043
3044 @example
3045 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3046 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3047 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3048 @}
3049 @end example
3050
3051
3052 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3053 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3054 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3055 @cindex jrc
3056
3057 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3058 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3059 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3060 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3061 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3062
3063 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3064 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3065 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3066 be visible.
3067 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3068 ignores, such as:
3069
3070 @itemize
3071 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3072 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3073 TAPs receive new instructions.
3074 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3075 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3076 @end itemize
3077
3078 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3079 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3080 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3081 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3082
3083 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3084 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3085
3086 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3087 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3088 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3089 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3090 should define TAP event handlers using
3091 code that looks something like this:
3092
3093 @example
3094 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3095 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3096 @}
3097 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3098 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3099 @}
3100 @end example
3101
3102 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3103
3104 @example
3105 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3106 @end example
3107
3108 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3109 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3110 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3111 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3112
3113 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3114 If necessary, disables the tap
3115 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3116 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3117 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3118 and "0" if it is disabled.
3119 @end deffn
3120
3121 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3122 If necessary, enables the tap
3123 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3124 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3125 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3126 and "0" if it is disabled.
3127 @end deffn
3128
3129 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3130 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3131 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3132 and "0" if it is disabled.
3133
3134 @quotation Note
3135 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3136 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3137 @end quotation
3138 @end deffn
3139
3140 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3141 @section Autoprobing
3142 @cindex autoprobe
3143 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3144
3145 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3146 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3147 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3148 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3149
3150 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3151 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3152 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3153 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3154 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3155 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3156 right when they come out of reset).
3157
3158 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3159
3160 @example
3161 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3162 reset_config trst_and_srst
3163 jtag_rclk 8
3164 @end example
3165
3166 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3167 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3168
3169 @enumerate
3170 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3171 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3172 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3173 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3174 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3175 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3176 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3177 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3178 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3179 that is discovered.
3180 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3181 register, it will report it.
3182 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3183 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3184 @end enumerate
3185
3186 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3187 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3188 that's a bit more complex:
3189
3190 @example
3191 clock speed 8 kHz
3192 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3193 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3194 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3195 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3196 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3197 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3198 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3199 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3200 @end example
3201
3202 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3203 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3204 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3205 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3206 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3207 and so forth.
3208
3209 @node CPU Configuration
3210 @chapter CPU Configuration
3211 @cindex GDB target
3212
3213 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3214 You can also access these targets without GDB
3215 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3216 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3217 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3218 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3219
3220 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3221 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3222
3223 @section Target List
3224 @cindex target, current
3225 @cindex target, list
3226
3227 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3228 where each member has a name.
3229 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3230 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3231 (plural!) command.
3232 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3233 look like with more than one:
3234 @verbatim
3235 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3236 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3237 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3238 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3239 @end verbatim
3240
3241 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3242 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3243 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3244 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3245 space seen by that current target.
3246 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3247 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3248 are examples; and there are many more.
3249
3250 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3251
3252 @deffn Command {target count}
3253 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3254 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3255 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3256
3257 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3258 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3259 @example
3260 set c [target count]
3261 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3262 # Assuming you have created this function
3263 print_target_details $x
3264 @}
3265 @end example
3266 @end deffn
3267
3268 @deffn Command {target current}
3269 Returns the name of the current target.
3270 @end deffn
3271
3272 @deffn Command {target names}
3273 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3274 @example
3275 foreach t [target names] @{
3276 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3277 @}
3278 @end example
3279 @end deffn
3280
3281 @deffn Command {target number} number
3282 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3283 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3284
3285 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3286 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3287 @example
3288 set thename [target number $x]
3289 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3290 @end example
3291 @end deffn
3292
3293 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3294 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3295
3296 @deffn Command targets [name]
3297 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3298 command names are singular.}
3299
3300 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3301 targets in a user friendly form.
3302
3303 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3304 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3305 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3306 @end deffn
3307
3308 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3309 @cindex target type
3310 @cindex CPU type
3311 @cindex CPU variant
3312
3313 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3314 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3315 when calling @command{target create}.
3316 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3317 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3318 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3319 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3320 what core-specific commands may be available
3321 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3322 and more.
3323
3324 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3325 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3326 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3327 worked around in some chip versions.
3328
3329 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3330 since there's a command to list them.
3331 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3332 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3333
3334 @anchor{target types}
3335 @deffn Command {target types}
3336 Lists all supported target types.
3337 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3338
3339 @itemize @bullet
3340 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3341 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3342 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3343 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3344 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3345 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3346 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3347 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3348 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3349 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3350 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3351 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3352 @itemize @minus
3353 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3354 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3355 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3356 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3357 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3358 @end itemize
3359 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3360 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3361 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3362 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3363 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3364 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3365 @itemize @minus
3366 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3367 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3368 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3369 processor.
3370 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3371 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3372 @end itemize
3373 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3374 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3375 There are several variants defined:
3376 @itemize @minus
3377 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3378 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3379 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3380 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3381 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3382 @end itemize
3383 @end itemize
3384 @end deffn
3385
3386 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3387 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3388 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3389 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3390 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3391 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3392 reflect design generations;
3393 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3394 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3395
3396 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3397 @section Target Configuration
3398
3399 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3400 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3401 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3402 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3403 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3404
3405 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3406 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3407 optional parts.
3408 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3409 command, created as part of target creation.
3410
3411 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3412 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3413 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3414 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3415 to be much more board-specific.
3416 The key steps you use might look something like this
3417
3418 @example
3419 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3420 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3421 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3422 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3423 @end example
3424
3425 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3426 on-chip SRAM.
3427 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3428 writes to target memory;
3429 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3430 GDB memory checksumming;
3431 and more.
3432
3433 @quotation Warning
3434 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3435 inaccessible when application code
3436 (such as an operating system)
3437 enables or disables the MMU.
3438 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3439 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3440 easy access to other addresses needed.
3441 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3442 @end quotation
3443
3444 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3445 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3446 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3447 controllers.
3448 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3449 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3450 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3451
3452 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3453 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3454 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3455 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3456 purposes including additional configuration.
3457
3458 @itemize @bullet
3459 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3460 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3461 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3462 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3463
3464 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3465 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3466 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3467 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3468 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3469 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3470 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3471 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3472
3473 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3474 @end itemize
3475 @end deffn
3476
3477 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3478 The options accepted by this command may also be
3479 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3480 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3481 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3482
3483 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3484 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3485 and changing its endianness or variant.
3486
3487 @itemize @bullet
3488
3489 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3490 used to access this target.
3491
3492 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3493 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3494
3495 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3496 @xref{Target Events}.
3497 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3498 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3499 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3500 same event name assigns only one handler.
3501
3502 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3503 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3504
3505 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3506 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3507 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3508 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3509 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3510 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3511 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3512
3513 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3514 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3515 or virtual address is being used.
3516
3517 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3518 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3519
3520 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3521 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3522 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3523 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3524 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3525
3526 @end itemize
3527 @end deffn
3528
3529 @section Other $target_name Commands
3530 @cindex object command
3531
3532 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3533 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3534
3535 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3536 Once a button is created a button
3537 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3538 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3539 configure it like this:
3540
3541 @example
3542 # Create
3543 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3544 # Modify
3545 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3546 # Query
3547 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3548 # Report
3549 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3550 @end example
3551
3552 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3553 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3554
3555 @example
3556 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3557 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3558 @end example
3559
3560 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3561
3562 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3563 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3564 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3565 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3566 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3567 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3568 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3569 They are not otherwise documented here.
3570 @end deffn
3571
3572 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3573 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3574 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3575 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3576 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3577 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3578 the target side uses raw memory.
3579
3580 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3581 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3582 The script orientation comes from working with data
3583 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3584 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3585 and neither store nor return those values.
3586
3587 @itemize
3588 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3589 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3590 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3591 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3592 @end itemize
3593 @end deffn
3594
3595 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3596 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3597 @command{$target_name configure}
3598 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3599 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3600 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3601 There are a few special cases:
3602
3603 @itemize @bullet
3604 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3605 event named @var{event_name}.
3606 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3607 two parameters.
3608 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3609 This is a special case because this is set using
3610 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3611 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3612 @end itemize
3613
3614 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3615 all the targets you might use something like this:
3616
3617 @example
3618 foreach name [target names] @{
3619 set y [$name cget -endian]
3620 set z [$name cget -type]
3621 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3622 $x $name $y $z]
3623 @}
3624 @end example
3625 @end deffn
3626
3627 @anchor{target curstate}
3628 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3629 Displays the current target state:
3630 @code{debug-running},
3631 @code{halted},
3632 @code{reset},
3633 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3634 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3635 @end deffn
3636
3637 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3638 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3639 currently associated with this target.
3640 @xref{Target Events}.
3641 @end deffn
3642
3643 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3644 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3645 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3646 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3647 @end deffn
3648
3649 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3650 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3651 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3652 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3653 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3654 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3655 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3656 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3657 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3658 @end deffn
3659
3660 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3661 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3662 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3663 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3664 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3665 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3666 @end deffn
3667
3668 @anchor{Target Events}
3669 @section Target Events
3670 @cindex target events
3671 @cindex events
3672 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3673 For example:
3674 @itemize @bullet
3675 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3676 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3677 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3678 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3679 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3680 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3681 to set up system clocks or
3682 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3683 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3684 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3685 @end itemize
3686
3687 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3688 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3689 @command{target create ... -event}.
3690
3691 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3692 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3693 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3694
3695 @example
3696 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3697 echo "Reset..."
3698 reset halt
3699 @}
3700 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3701 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3702 echo "Reset..."
3703 reset halt
3704 @}
3705 @end example
3706
3707 The following target events are defined:
3708
3709 @itemize @bullet
3710 @item @b{debug-halted}
3711 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3712 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3713 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3714 @item @b{early-halted}
3715 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3716 @ignore
3717 @item @b{examine-end}
3718 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3719 @item @b{examine-start}
3720 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3721 @end ignore
3722 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3723 @* When GDB connects
3724 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3725 @* When GDB disconnects
3726 @item @b{gdb-end}
3727 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3728 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3729 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3730 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3731 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3732 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3733 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3734 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3735 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3736 @item @b{gdb-start}
3737 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3738 @item @b{halted}
3739 @* The target has halted
3740 @ignore
3741 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3742 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3743 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3744 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3745 @end ignore
3746 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3747 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3748 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3749 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3750 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3751 @item @b{reset-assert}
3752 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3753 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3754 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3755 it instead of asserting SRST.
3756 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3757 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3758 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3759 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3760 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3761 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3762 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3763 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3764 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3765 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3766 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3767 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3768 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3769 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3770 released on the scan chain.
3771 @item @b{reset-end}
3772 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3773 @ignore
3774 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3775 @* Currently not used
3776 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3777 @* Currently not used
3778 @end ignore
3779 @item @b{reset-init}
3780 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3781 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3782
3783 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3784 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3785 multiplexing, and so on.
3786 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3787 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3788 @item @b{reset-start}
3789 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3790 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3791
3792 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3793 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3794 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3795 @ignore
3796 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3797 @* Currently not used
3798 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3799 @* Currently not used
3800 @end ignore
3801 @item @b{resume-start}
3802 @* Before any target is resumed
3803 @item @b{resume-end}
3804 @* After all targets have resumed
3805 @item @b{resume-ok}
3806 @* Success
3807 @item @b{resumed}
3808 @* Target has resumed
3809 @end itemize
3810
3811
3812 @node Flash Commands
3813 @chapter Flash Commands
3814
3815 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3816 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3817 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3818 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3819 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3820 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3821 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3822 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3823 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3824
3825 Flash Steps:
3826 @enumerate
3827 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3828 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3829 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3830 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3831 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3832 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3833 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3834 @item GDB Flashing
3835 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3836 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3837 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3838 @end enumerate
3839
3840 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3841 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3842 so that it can't boot.
3843 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3844 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3845
3846 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3847 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3848 @cindex flash configuration
3849
3850 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3851 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3852 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3853 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3854 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3855 see the driver-specific documentation.
3856
3857 @itemize @bullet
3858 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3859 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3860 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3861 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3862 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3863 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3864 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3865 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3866 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3867 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3868 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3869 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3870 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3871 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3872 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3873 commands to the flash controller.
3874 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3875 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3876 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3877 for more information.
3878 @end itemize
3879 @quotation Note
3880 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3881 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3882 @end quotation
3883 @end deffn
3884
3885 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3886 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3887 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3888 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3889 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3890 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3891 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3892 @end deffn
3893
3894 @deffn Command {flash list}
3895 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3896 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3897 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3898 @end deffn
3899
3900 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3901 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3902 depends on the flash type.
3903 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3904 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3905 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3906 but most don't bother.
3907 @end deffn
3908
3909 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3910 @cindex flash erasing
3911 @cindex flash reading
3912 @cindex flash writing
3913 @cindex flash programming
3914
3915 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3916 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3917 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3918 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3919 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3920
3921 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3922 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3923 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3924 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3925 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3926
3927 @quotation Note
3928 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3929 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3930 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3931 back to a flash bank.
3932 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3933 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3934 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3935 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3936 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3937 @end quotation
3938
3939 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3940 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3941 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3942 disabled first.
3943 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3944 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3945 @xref{flash protect}.
3946
3947 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3948 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3949 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3950 up to and including @var{last}.
3951 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3952 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3953 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3954 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3955 @end deffn
3956
3957 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3958 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3959 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3960 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3961 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3962 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3963 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3964 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3965 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3966 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3967 @end deffn
3968
3969 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3970 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3971 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3972 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3973 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3974 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3975 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3976 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3977 before issuing this command.
3978 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3979 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3980 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3981 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3982 @end deffn
3983 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3984
3985 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3986 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3987 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3988 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3989 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3990 @end deffn
3991
3992 @anchor{flash write_image}
3993 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3994 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3995 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3996 to the base address for each section in the image.
3997 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3998 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3999 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4000 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4001 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4002 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4003 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4004 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4005 each image section.
4006
4007 @quotation Warning
4008 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4009 data you want to preserve.
4010 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4011 sections might be erased with no notice.
4012 @itemize
4013 @item
4014 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4015 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4016 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4017 @item
4018 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4019 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4020 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4021 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4022 @end itemize
4023 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4024 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4025 @end quotation
4026
4027 @end deffn
4028
4029 @section Other Flash commands
4030 @cindex flash protection
4031
4032 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4033 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4034 and display that status.
4035 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4036 This is the only operation that
4037 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
4038 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
4039 to get updated information.
4040 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4041 @end deffn
4042
4043 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4044 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4045 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4046 The information includes per-sector protect status.
4047 @end deffn
4048
4049 @anchor{flash protect}
4050 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4051 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4052 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4053 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4054 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4055 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4056 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4057 @end deffn
4058
4059 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4060 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4061 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4062 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4063 @end deffn
4064
4065 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4066 @section Flash Driver List
4067 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4068 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4069 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4070
4071 @subsection External Flash
4072
4073 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4074 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4075 @cindex CFI
4076 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4077 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4078 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4079 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4080 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4081 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4082 configure a bus and its timings), or
4083 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4084 on the flash chip.
4085 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4086 speed up operation.
4087
4088 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4089
4090 @itemize
4091 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4092 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4093 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4094 @end itemize
4095
4096 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4097 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4098
4099 @example
4100 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4101 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4102 @end example
4103
4104 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4105 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4106 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4107
4108 @example
4109 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4110 @end example
4111
4112 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4113 @end deffn
4114
4115 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4116
4117 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4118 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4119 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4120 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4121 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4122 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4123
4124 @example
4125 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4126 @end example
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4130 @cindex at91sam3
4131 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4132 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4133 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4134 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4135 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4136 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4137 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4138 chips are confirmed.}
4139
4140 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4141 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4142 the following fixed locations:
4143
4144 @example
4145 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4146 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4147 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4148 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4149 @end example
4150
4151 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4152 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4153 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4154
4155 @itemize
4156 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4157 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4158 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4159 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4160 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4161 @end itemize
4162
4163 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4164
4165 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4166 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4167 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4168 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4169 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4170 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4171 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4172
4173 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4174 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4175 @end deffn
4176
4177 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4178 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4179 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4180 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4181 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4182 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4183 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4184 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4185 @end deffn
4186
4187 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4188 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4189 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4190 @end deffn
4191 @end deffn
4192
4193 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4194 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4195 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4196 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4197 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4198
4199 @example
4200 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4201 @end example
4202
4203 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4204 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4205
4206 @itemize
4207 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4208 @item @var{banks}
4209 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4210 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4211 @item @var{pages_size}
4212 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4213 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4214 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4215 @end itemize
4216
4217 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4218 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4219 will be autoconfigured.
4220 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4221
4222 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4223 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4224 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4225 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4226 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4227
4228 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4229 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4230 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4231 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4232 are not truly general purpose).
4233 @quotation Note
4234 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4235 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4236 @end quotation
4237 @end deffn
4238 @end deffn
4239
4240 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4241 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4242 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4243 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4244 @end deffn
4245
4246 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4247 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4248 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4249 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4250 and executed.
4251 @end deffn
4252
4253 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4254 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4255 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4256
4257 @quotation Note
4258 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4259 driver:
4260 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4261 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4262 @end quotation
4263
4264 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4265 which must appear in the following order:
4266
4267 @itemize
4268 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4269 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4270 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4271 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4272 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4273 at which the core is running
4274 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4275 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4276 @quotation Note
4277 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4278 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4279 However, if you do provide it,
4280 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4281 @end quotation
4282 @end itemize
4283
4284 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4285
4286 @example
4287 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4288 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4289 @end example
4290
4291 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4292 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4293 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4294 @end deffn
4295 @end deffn
4296
4297 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4298 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4299 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4300 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4301 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4302 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4303
4304 @example
4305 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4306 @end example
4307 @end deffn
4308
4309 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4310 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4311 from NXP.
4312
4313 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4314 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4315 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4316 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4317 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4318 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4319 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4320 you start the PLL.
4321
4322 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4323
4324 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4325 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4326 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4327
4328 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4329 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4330 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4331 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4332 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4333 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4334 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4335
4336 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4337 @example
4338 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4339 @end example
4340
4341 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4342 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4343 @code{flash banks} command.
4344
4345 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4346 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4347 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4348 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4349 a known signature.
4350 Example:
4351 @example
4352 lpc2900 signature 0
4353 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4354 @end example
4355 @end deffn
4356
4357 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4358 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4359 saves it to a file in binary format.
4360 Example:
4361 @example
4362 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4363 @end example
4364 @end deffn
4365
4366 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4367 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4368 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4369 command:
4370
4371 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4372 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4373 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4374 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4375
4376 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4377 Example:
4378 @example
4379 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4380 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4381 @end example
4382 @end deffn
4383
4384 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4385 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4386 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4387 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4388 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4389 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4390 912 bytes.
4391 @quotation Attention
4392 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4393 @end quotation
4394 Example:
4395 @example
4396 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4397 @end example
4398 @end deffn
4399
4400 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4401 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4402 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4403 after the next power cycle.
4404 @quotation Attention
4405 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4406 @end quotation
4407 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4408 Example:
4409 @example
4410 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4411 flash info 0
4412 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4413 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4414 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4415 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4416 @end example
4417 @end deffn
4418
4419 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4420 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4421 effective after the next power cycle.
4422 @quotation Attention
4423 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4424 @end quotation
4425 Examples:
4426 @example
4427 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4428 @end example
4429 @end deffn
4430 @end deffn
4431
4432 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4433 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4434
4435 @example
4436 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4437 @end example
4438 @end deffn
4439
4440 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4441 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4442 and integrate flash memory.
4443 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4444
4445 @example
4446 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4447 @end example
4448
4449 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4450 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4451 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4452 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4453 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4454 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4455 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4456 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4457 @end deffn
4458 @end deffn
4459
4460 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4461 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4462 Texas Instruments
4463 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4464 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4465 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4466 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4467 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4468 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4469
4470 @example
4471 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4472 @end example
4473 @end deffn
4474
4475 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4476 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4477 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4478 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4479 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4480
4481 @example
4482 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4483 @end example
4484
4485 Some stm32x-specific commands
4486 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4487 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4488 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4489 are defined:
4490
4491 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4492 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4493 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4494 @end deffn
4495
4496 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4497 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4498 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4499 @end deffn
4500
4501 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4502 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4503 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4504 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4508 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4509 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4510 @end deffn
4511 @end deffn
4512
4513 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4514 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4515 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4516 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4517 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4518
4519 @example
4520 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4521 @end example
4522
4523 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4524 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4525 for the specified flash bank.
4526 @end deffn
4527 @end deffn
4528
4529 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4530 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4531 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4532 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4533 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4534
4535 @example
4536 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4537 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4538 @end example
4539
4540 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4541 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4542 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4543
4544 @itemize @bullet
4545 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4546 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4547 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4548 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4549 @end itemize
4550 @end deffn
4551
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4555 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4556 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4557 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4558
4559 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4560
4561 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4562 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4563 @end deffn
4564
4565 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4566 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4567 @end deffn
4568
4569 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4570 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4571 the flash clock.
4572 @end deffn
4573 @end deffn
4574
4575 @subsection str9xpec driver
4576 @cindex str9xpec
4577
4578 Here is some background info to help
4579 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4580 the str9:
4581 @enumerate
4582 @item
4583 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4584 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4585 @item
4586 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4587 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4588 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4589 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4590 @end enumerate
4591
4592 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4593 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4594 configured for flash bank 0.
4595 @example
4596 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4597 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4598 jtag_reset 0 1
4599 # turn off target polling
4600 poll off
4601 # disable str9 core
4602 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4603 # read option bytes
4604 str9xpec options_read 0
4605 # re-enable str9 core
4606 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4607 poll on
4608 reset halt
4609 @end example
4610 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4611 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4612 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4613 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4614
4615 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4616 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4617 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4618 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4619 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4620
4621 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4622
4623 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4624 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4625 @end deffn
4626
4627 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4628 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4629 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4630 @end deffn
4631
4632 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4633 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4634 erase the device.
4635 @end deffn
4636
4637 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4638 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4639 @end deffn
4640
4641 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4642 Configure str9 boot bank.
4643 @end deffn
4644
4645 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4646 Configure str9 lvd source.
4647 @end deffn
4648
4649 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4650 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4651 @end deffn
4652
4653 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4654 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4655 @end deffn
4656
4657 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4658 Read str9 option bytes.
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4662 Write str9 option bytes.
4663 @end deffn
4664
4665 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4666 unlock str9 device.
4667 @end deffn
4668
4669 @end deffn
4670
4671
4672 @section mFlash
4673
4674 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4675 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4676
4677 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4678 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4679 address @var{base}.
4680 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4681 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4682
4683 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4684
4685 @example
4686 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4687 @end example
4688
4689 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4690
4691 @example
4692 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4693 @end example
4694 @end deffn
4695
4696 @subsection mFlash commands
4697 @cindex mFlash commands
4698
4699 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4700 Configure mflash PLL.
4701 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4702 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4703 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4704 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4705 @end deffn
4706
4707 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4708 Configure bootable option.
4709 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4710 (4kB) for boot.
4711 @end deffn
4712
4713 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4714 Configure storage information.
4715 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4716 written.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4720 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4721 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4722 @end deffn
4723
4724 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4725 Probe mflash.
4726 @end deffn
4727
4728 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4729 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4730 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4731 @end deffn
4732
4733 @node NAND Flash Commands
4734 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4735 @cindex NAND
4736
4737 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4738 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4739 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4740
4741 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4742 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4743 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4744 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4745 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4746 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4747
4748 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4749 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4750 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4751 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4752 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4753 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4754 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4755 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4756 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4757 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4758
4759 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4760 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4761 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4762 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4763 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4764 every 512 bytes of data.
4765
4766 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4767 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4768 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4769 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4770 ECC mode is used.
4771
4772 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4773 @enumerate
4774 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4775 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4776 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4777 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4778 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4779 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4780 to access that device.
4781 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4782 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4783 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4784 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4785 de-brick a board.
4786 @end enumerate
4787
4788 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4789 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4790 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4791 are only 32 bits wide.
4792 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4793 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4794 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4795 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4796
4797 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4798 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4799 @cindex NAND configuration
4800
4801 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4802 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4803 OpenOCD has initialized.
4804
4805 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4806 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4807 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4808 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4809 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4810 they were a single (larger) device.
4811 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4812 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4813
4814 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4815 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4816 configuration files, not interactively.
4817
4818 @itemize @bullet
4819 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4820 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4821 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4822 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4823 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4824 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4825 commands to the NAND controller.
4826 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4827 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4828 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4829 for more information.
4830 @end itemize
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command {nand list}
4834 Prints a summary of each device declared
4835 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4836 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4837 @example
4838 > nand list
4839 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4840 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4841 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4842 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4843 >
4844 @end example
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4848 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4849 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4850 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4851 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4852 it with most other NAND commands.
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4856
4857 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4858 @cindex NAND reading
4859 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4860 starting at the specified offset.
4861 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4862
4863 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4864 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4865
4866 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4867 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4868 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4869
4870 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4871 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4872 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4873 method which handled that error correction.
4874
4875 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4876 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4877 @itemize @bullet
4878 @item no oob_* parameter
4879 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4880 @item @code{oob_raw}
4881 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4882 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4883 spare areas associated with each data page.
4884 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4885 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4886 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4887 @item @code{oob_only}
4888 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4889 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4890 spare areas associated with each data page.
4891 @end itemize
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4895 @cindex NAND erasing
4896 @cindex NAND programming
4897 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4898 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4899 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4900 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4901 If those parameters are not specified,
4902 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4903 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4904
4905 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4906 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4907 block marker.
4908 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4909 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4910 @end deffn
4911
4912 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4913 @cindex NAND writing
4914 @cindex NAND programming
4915 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4916 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4917 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4918 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4919
4920 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4921 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4922
4923 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4924 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4925 past the end of the device.
4926 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4927 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4928 if that's being written.)
4929
4930 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4931 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4932 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4933
4934 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4935 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4936 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4937 @itemize @bullet
4938 @item no oob_* parameter
4939 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4940 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4941 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4942 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4943 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4944 @item @code{oob_only}
4945 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4946 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4947 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4948 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4949 @item @code{oob_raw}
4950 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4951 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4952 un-altered OOB.
4953 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4954 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4955 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4956 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4957 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4958 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4959 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4960 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4961 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4962 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4963 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4964 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4965 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4966 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4967 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4968 @end itemize
4969 @end deffn
4970
4971 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4972 @cindex NAND verification
4973 @cindex NAND programming
4974 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4975 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4976 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4977
4978 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4979 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4980
4981 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4982 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4983 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4984 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4985 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4986
4987 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4988 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4989 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4990
4991 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4992 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4993 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4994 be removed in a future release.
4995 @end deffn
4996
4997 @section Other NAND commands
4998 @cindex NAND other commands
4999
5000 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5001 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5002 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5003 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5004 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5005 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5006 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5007 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5008
5009 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5010 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5011 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5015 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5016 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5017 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5018 status for each block.
5019 @end deffn
5020
5021 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5022 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5023 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5024
5025 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5026 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5027 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5028 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5029 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5030
5031 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5032 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5033 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5034 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5035 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5036 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5037 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5041 @section NAND Driver List
5042 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5043 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5044 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5045
5046 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5047 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5048 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5049 address of the ECC controller.
5050 @example
5051 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5052 @end example
5053 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5054 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5055 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5056 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5057 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5058 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5059 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5060 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5061 @end deffn
5062 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5063 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5064 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5065 @end deffn
5066
5067 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5068 properly configured for input or output.
5069 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5070 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5071 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5072 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5073 @end deffn
5074 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5075 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5076 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5077 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5078 @end deffn
5079 @end deffn
5080
5081 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5082 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5083 chips from Texas Instruments.
5084 It takes three extra parameters:
5085 address of the NAND chip;
5086 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5087 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5088 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5089 @example
5090 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5091 @end example
5092 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5093 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5094 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5095 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5096 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5097 @end deffn
5098
5099 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5100 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5101 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5102 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5103 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5104 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5105 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5106 @end deffn
5107
5108 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5109 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5110 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5111 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5112 @end deffn
5113 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5114
5115 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5116 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5117 parameter: the address of the controller.
5118 @example
5119 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5120 @end example
5121 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5122 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5123 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5124 change any behavior.
5125 @end deffn
5126
5127 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5128 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5129 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5130 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5131 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5132 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5133 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5134 specialized commands.
5135 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5136 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5137 change any behavior.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5141 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5142 @cindex PLD
5143 @cindex FPGA
5144
5145 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5146 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5147 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5148 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5149 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5150 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5151 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5152
5153 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5154
5155 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5156 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5157 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5158
5159 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5160 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5161
5162 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5163 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5164 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5165 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5166 behavior.
5167 @end deffn
5168
5169 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5170 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5171 @end deffn
5172
5173 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5174 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5175 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5179
5180 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5181 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5182 that particular type of PLD.
5183
5184 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5185 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5186 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5187 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5188 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5189
5190 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5191 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5192 for FPGA @var{num}.
5193 @end deffn
5194 @end deffn
5195
5196 @node General Commands
5197 @chapter General Commands
5198 @cindex commands
5199
5200 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5201 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5202 commands are documented elsewhere.
5203
5204 Intent:
5205 @itemize @bullet
5206 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5207 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5208 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5209 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5210
5211 @item @b{From the human}
5212 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5213 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5214
5215 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5216 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5217 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5218
5219 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5220 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5221 port is 5555.
5222 @end itemize
5223
5224
5225 @section Daemon Commands
5226
5227 @deffn {Command} exit
5228 Exits the current telnet session.
5229 @end deffn
5230
5231 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5232 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5233 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5234 Not every command provides helptext.
5235
5236 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5237 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5238 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5239 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5240 @end deffn
5241
5242 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5243 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5244 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5245 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5246 Useful in connection with script files
5247 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5248 @end deffn
5249
5250 @deffn Command shutdown
5251 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5252 @end deffn
5253
5254 @anchor{debug_level}
5255 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5256 @cindex message level
5257 Display debug level.
5258 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5259 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5260 Level 0 is error messages only;
5261 level 1 adds warnings;
5262 level 2 adds informational messages;
5263 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5264 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5265 the command line along with the location of that log
5266 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5267 @xref{Running}.
5268 @end deffn
5269
5270 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5271 Default disabled.
5272 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5273
5274 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5275 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5276 individually overridden.
5277
5278 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5279 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5280 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5281
5282 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5283
5284 @example
5285 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5286 @end example
5287 @end deffn
5288
5289 @deffn Command echo message
5290 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5291 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5292 @example
5293 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5294 @end example
5295 @end deffn
5296
5297 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5298 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5299 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5300 @end deffn
5301
5302 @anchor{Target State handling}
5303 @section Target State handling
5304 @cindex reset
5305 @cindex halt
5306 @cindex target initialization
5307
5308 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5309 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5310 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5311 a current target which is used to perform the
5312 various operations. The current target may be changed
5313 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5314 target which should become current.
5315
5316 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5317 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5318 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5319 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5320 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5321
5322 @emph{With no arguments}:
5323 list all available registers for the current target,
5324 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5325 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5326 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5327 are flagged as such.
5328
5329 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5330
5331 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5332 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5333 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5334 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5335 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5336 relevant module will flush such values.
5337
5338 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5339 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5340
5341 @example
5342 > reg
5343 ===== ARM registers
5344 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5345 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5346 (2) r2 (/32)
5347 ...
5348 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5349 >
5350 @end example
5351 @end deffn
5352
5353 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5354 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5355 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5356 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5357 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5358 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5359 (and enter debug mode).
5360 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5361
5362 @quotation Warning
5363 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5364 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5365 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5366 power mode by gating the core clock;
5367 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5368
5369 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5370 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5371 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5372 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5373 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5374 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5375
5376 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5377 work with a JTAG debugger.
5378 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5379 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5380 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5381 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5382 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5383 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5384 @end quotation
5385
5386 @end deffn
5387
5388 @deffn Command resume [address]
5389 Resume the target at its current code position,
5390 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5391 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @deffn Command step [address]
5395 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5396 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5397 @end deffn
5398
5399 @anchor{Reset Command}
5400 @deffn Command reset
5401 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5402 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5403 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5404 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5405 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5406 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5407
5408 The optional parameter specifies what should
5409 happen after the reset.
5410 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5411 The other options will not work on all systems.
5412 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5413
5414 @itemize @minus
5415 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5416 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5417 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5418 @end itemize
5419 @end deffn
5420
5421 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5422 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5423 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5424 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5425 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5426 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5427 state.
5428 @end deffn
5429
5430 @section I/O Utilities
5431
5432 These commands are available when
5433 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5434 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5435 notably the ZY1000.
5436 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5437
5438 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5439
5440 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5441 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5442 the text file @file{filename}.
5443 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5444 The last string is followed by a newline.
5445 @end deffn
5446
5447 @deffn Command cat filename
5448 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5449 @end deffn
5450
5451 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5452 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5453 into @file{dest_filename}.
5454 @end deffn
5455
5456 @deffn Command ip
5457 @emph{No description provided.}
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @deffn Command ls
5461 @emph{No description provided.}
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command mac
5465 @emph{No description provided.}
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @deffn Command meminfo
5469 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5470 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5471 @end deffn
5472
5473 @deffn Command peek
5474 @emph{No description provided.}
5475 @end deffn
5476
5477 @deffn Command poke
5478 @emph{No description provided.}
5479 @end deffn
5480
5481 @deffn Command rm filename
5482 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5483 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn Command trunc filename
5487 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @anchor{Memory access}
5491 @section Memory access commands
5492 @cindex memory access
5493
5494 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5495 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5496 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5497 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5498
5499 @enumerate
5500 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5501 to change the current target.
5502 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5503 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5504 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5505 @end enumerate
5506
5507 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5508 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5509 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5510 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5511 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5512 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5513 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5514 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5515 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5516 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5517 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5518 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5519 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5523 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5524 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5525 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5526 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5527 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5528 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5529 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5530 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5531 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5532 @end deffn
5533
5534
5535 @anchor{Image access}
5536 @section Image loading commands
5537 @cindex image loading
5538 @cindex image dumping
5539
5540 @anchor{dump_image}
5541 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5542 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5543 binary file named @var{filename}.
5544 @end deffn
5545
5546 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5547 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5548 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5552 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5553 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5554 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5555 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5556 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5557 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5558 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5559 separately.
5560 @end deffn
5561
5562 @anchor{load_image}
5563 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5564 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5565 The file format may optionally be specified
5566 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5570 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5571 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5572 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5573 The file format may optionally be specified
5574 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5578 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5579 The file format may optionally be specified
5580 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5581 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5582 @end deffn
5583
5584
5585 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5586 @cindex breakpoint
5587 @cindex watchpoint
5588
5589 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5590 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5591 watchpoints.
5592 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5593
5594 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5595 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5596 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5597 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5598 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5599 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5600
5601 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5602 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5603 @end deffn
5604
5605 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5606 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5607 @end deffn
5608
5609 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5610 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5611 @end deffn
5612
5613 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5614 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5615 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5616 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5617 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5618 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5619 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5620 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5621 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @section Misc Commands
5625
5626 @cindex profiling
5627 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5628 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5629 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5630 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5631 @end deffn
5632
5633 @deffn Command {version}
5634 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5635 @end deffn
5636
5637 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5638 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5639 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5640 @end deffn
5641
5642 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5643 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5644 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5645 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5646
5647 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5648 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5649 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5650 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5651
5652 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5653 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5654 @cindex tracing
5655 @cindex ETM
5656 @cindex ETB
5657
5658 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5659 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5660 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5661
5662 @itemize
5663 @item
5664 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5665 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5666 supports such an interface.
5667 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5668 and trace port support.)
5669 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5670 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5671 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5672 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5673 in the board-specific configuration file.
5674 @item
5675 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5676 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5677 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5678 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5679 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5680 @end itemize
5681
5682 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5683
5684 @quotation Issues
5685 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5686 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5687
5688 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5689 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5690 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5691 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5692 dummy trace port driver}.
5693
5694 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5695 as well as tracing only during specific states
5696 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5697
5698 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5699 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5700 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5701 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5702 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5703
5704 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5705 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5706 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5707 this original style of JTAG access.
5708 @end quotation
5709
5710 @subsection ETM Configuration
5711 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5712
5713 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5714 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5715 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5716
5717 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5718 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5719 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5720 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5721 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5722 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5723 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5724 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5725 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5726
5727 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5728 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5729 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5730
5731 @quotation Warning
5732 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5733 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5734 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5735 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5736 @end quotation
5737
5738 @quotation Note
5739 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5740 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5741 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5742 what CPU activities are traced.
5743 @end quotation
5744 @end deffn
5745
5746 @deffn Command {etm info}
5747 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5748 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5749 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5750 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5751 @end deffn
5752
5753 @deffn Command {etm status}
5754 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5755 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5756 Did trace data overflow?
5757 Was it triggered?
5758 @end deffn
5759
5760 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5761 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5762 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5763 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5764 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5765
5766 @itemize
5767 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5768 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5769 The value is one of
5770 @option{none} (save nothing),
5771 @option{data} (save data),
5772 @option{address} (save addresses),
5773 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5774 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5775 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5776 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5777 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5778 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5779 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5780 trace stream without an image of the code.
5781 @end itemize
5782 @end deffn
5783
5784 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5785 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5786 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5787 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5788 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5789
5790 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5791 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5792 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5793 @end deffn
5794
5795 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5796
5797 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5798 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5799 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5800
5801 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5802 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5803 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5804 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5805 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5806 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5807 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5808
5809 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5810
5811 @itemize
5812 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5813 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5814 for instruction access within that function's body.
5815 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5816 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5817 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5818 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5819 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5820 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5821 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5822 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5823 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5824 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5825 @item @emph{... more}
5826 @end itemize
5827
5828 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5829 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5830
5831 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5832 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5833 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5834 @end deffn
5835
5836 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5837 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5838 @end deffn
5839
5840 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5841 Opens an image file.
5842 @end deffn
5843
5844 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5845 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5846 @end deffn
5847
5848 @deffn Command {etm start}
5849 Starts trace data collection.
5850 @end deffn
5851
5852 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5853 Stops trace data collection.
5854 @end deffn
5855
5856 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5857 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5858
5859 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5860
5861 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5862 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5863 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5864 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5865 any trace data collection.}
5866 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5867 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5868 @end deffn
5869 @end deffn
5870
5871 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5872 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5873 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5874 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5875 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5876 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5877 @end deffn
5878 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5879 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5880 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5881 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5882 trace trigger becomes active.
5883
5884 @itemize
5885 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5886 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5887 afterwards.
5888 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5889 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5890 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5891 what caused that event to happen.
5892 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5893 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5894 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5895 how the event caused trouble.
5896 @end itemize
5897 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5898 @end deffn
5899
5900 @end deffn
5901
5902 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5903 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5904 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5905 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5906 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5907
5908 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5909 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5910
5911 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5912 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5913 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5917 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5921 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5922 @end deffn
5923 @end deffn
5924
5925
5926 @section Generic ARM
5927 @cindex ARM
5928
5929 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5930 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5931 commands that may be available.
5932
5933 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5934 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5935 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5936 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5937 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5938 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5939 @end deffn
5940
5941 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5942 @cindex disassemble
5943 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5944 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5945 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5946 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5947 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5948 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5949 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5950
5951 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5952 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5953 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5954 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5955 with a handful of exceptions.
5956 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5957 @end deffn
5958
5959 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5960 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5961 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5962 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5963 and using the MCR instruction.
5964 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5965 an ARM register.)
5966 @end deffn
5967
5968 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5969 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5970 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5971 and the MRC instruction.
5972 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5973 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5974 an ARM register.)
5975 @end deffn
5976
5977 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5978 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5979 core mode if necessary.
5980 @end deffn
5981
5982 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5983 @cindex ARMv4
5984 @cindex ARMv5
5985
5986 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5987 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5988 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5989 variant.
5990
5991 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5992 @cindex ARM7
5993 @cindex ARM9
5994
5995 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5996 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5997 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5998 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5999
6000 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6001 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6002 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6003 instead of breakpoints.
6004 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6005
6006 This should be
6007 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6008 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6009 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6010 @end deffn
6011
6012 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6013 @cindex DCC
6014 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6015 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6016 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6017
6018 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6019 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6020 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6021 @end deffn
6022
6023 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6024 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6025 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6026 that don't check completion of the operation.
6027 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6028
6029 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6030 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6031 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6032 @end deffn
6033
6034 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6035 @cindex ARM semihosting
6036 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6037
6038 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6039 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6040 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6041 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6042 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6043 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6044 @end deffn
6045
6046 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6047 @cindex ARM720T
6048
6049 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6050 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6051 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6052 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6053
6054 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6055 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6056 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6057
6058 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6059 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6060 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6061 @end deffn
6062
6063 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6064 @cindex ARM9
6065
6066 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6067 integer processors.
6068 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6069
6070 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6071 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6072 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6073 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6074
6075 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6076 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6077 @cindex vector_catch
6078 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6079 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6080 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6081 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6082 to those hardware vectors.
6083
6084 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6085 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6086 vector catch hardware to intercept
6087 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6088 @option{none} of them,
6089 or a list with one or more of the following:
6090 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6091 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6092 @end deffn
6093
6094 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6095 @cindex ARM920T
6096
6097 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6098 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6099 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6100 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6101 and ARM9 commands.
6102
6103 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6104 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6105 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6106 @end deffn
6107
6108 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6109 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6110 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6111 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6112 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6113 (Not all registers can be written.)
6114 @end deffn
6115
6116 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6117 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6118 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6119
6120 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6121 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6122 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6123 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6124 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6125 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6126 @end deffn
6127
6128 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6129 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6130 @end deffn
6131
6132 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6133 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6134 @end deffn
6135
6136 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6137 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6138
6139 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6140 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6141 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6142 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6143 and ARM9 commands.
6144
6145 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6146 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6147
6148 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6149 Print information about the caches found.
6150 @end deffn
6151
6152 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6153 @cindex ARM966E
6154
6155 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6156 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6157 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6158 and ARM9 commands.
6159
6160 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6161 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6162 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6163 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6164 ARM966E-S TRM.
6165 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6166 as required for BIST support.
6167 @end deffn
6168
6169 @subsection XScale specific commands
6170 @cindex XScale
6171
6172 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6173
6174 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6175 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6176 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6177 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6178 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6179 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6180 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6181
6182 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6183 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6184 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6185 vector_table} command.
6186
6187 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6188 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6189 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6190 code layout in memory:
6191 @example
6192 _vectors:
6193 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6194 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6195 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6196 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6197 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6198 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6199 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6200 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6201 .org 0x100
6202 .long real_reset_vector
6203 .long real_ui_handler
6204 .long real_swi_handler
6205 .long real_pf_abort
6206 .long real_data_abort
6207 .long 0 /* unused */
6208 .long real_irq_handler
6209 .long real_fiq_handler
6210 @end example
6211
6212 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6213 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6214 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6215 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6216
6217
6218 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6219 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6220
6221 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6222 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6223 @end deffn
6224
6225 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6226 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6227 @end deffn
6228
6229 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6230 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6231 @end deffn
6232
6233 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6234 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6235 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6236 @end deffn
6237
6238 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6239 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6243 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6247 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6248 @end deffn
6249
6250 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6251 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6252 @end deffn
6253
6254 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6255 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6256 @end deffn
6257
6258 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6259 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6260 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6261 and modifying how it is emptied.
6262 @end deffn
6263
6264 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6265 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6266 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6267 The image @var{type} may be one of
6268 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6269 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6270 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6274 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6275 @cindex vector_catch
6276 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6277 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6278
6279 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6280 @example
6281 0x01 Trap Reset
6282 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6283 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6284 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6285 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6286 0x20 reserved
6287 0x40 Trap IRQ
6288 0x80 Trap FIQ
6289 @end example
6290 @end deffn
6291
6292 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6293 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6294 @cindex vector_table
6295
6296 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6297 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6298 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6299 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6300 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6301
6302 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6303
6304 @end deffn
6305
6306 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6307 @cindex ARMv6
6308
6309 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6310 @cindex ARM11
6311
6312 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6313 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6314 which is enabled by default.
6315 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6316 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6317 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6318 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6319 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6320 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6321 @end deffn
6322
6323 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6324 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6325 which is enabled by default.
6326 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6327 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6328 @end deffn
6329
6330 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6331 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6332 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6333 they are disabled by default.
6334 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6335 @end deffn
6336
6337 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6338 @cindex vector_catch
6339 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6340 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6341 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6342
6343 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6344 for certain hardware events.
6345 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6346 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6347 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6348 @end deffn
6349
6350 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6351 @cindex ARMv7
6352
6353 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6354 @cindex Debug Access Port
6355 @cindex DAP
6356 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6357 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6358 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6359
6360 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6361 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6362 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6366 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6370 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6371 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6372 @end deffn
6373
6374 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6375 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6376 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6377 @end deffn
6378
6379 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6380 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6381 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6382 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6383 @end deffn
6384
6385 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6386 @cindex Cortex-M3
6387
6388 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6389 @cindex disassemble
6390 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6391 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6392 @end deffn
6393
6394 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6395 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6396 @end deffn
6397
6398 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6399 @cindex vector_catch
6400 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6401 for certain hardware events.
6402
6403 Parameters request interception of
6404 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6405 @option{none} of them,
6406 or one or more of the following:
6407 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6408 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6409 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6410 @option{irq_err},
6411 @option{state_err},
6412 @option{chk_err}, or
6413 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6414 @option{reset}.
6415 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6416 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6417 are mapped to HardFault.
6418 UsageFault checks for
6419 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6420 must also be explicitly enabled.
6421
6422 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6423 @end deffn
6424
6425 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6426 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6427 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6428 @cindex tracing
6429 @cindex libdcc
6430 @cindex DCC
6431 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6432 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6433 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6434 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6435
6436 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6437 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6438 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6439 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6440 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6441 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6442
6443 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6444 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6445 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6446 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6447 The target being debugged may
6448 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6449 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6450 each supported by a command:
6451
6452 @itemize
6453 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6454 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6455 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6456 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6457
6458 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6459 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6460 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6461
6462 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6463 and then displayed at any time.
6464 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6465
6466 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6467 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6468 @end itemize
6469
6470 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6471 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6472 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6473 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6474 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6475 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6476 does the same thing.
6477
6478 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6479 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6480 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6481 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6482 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6483
6484 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6485 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6486 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6487 @end deffn
6488
6489 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6490 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6491 in the order they triggered.
6492 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6493 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6494 history records.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6498 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6499 they have been triggered.
6500 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6501 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6502 and associates it with that identifier.
6503
6504 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6505 are not related except by this command.
6506 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6507 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510
6511 @node JTAG Commands
6512 @chapter JTAG Commands
6513 @cindex JTAG Commands
6514 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6515 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6516 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6517 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6518 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6519
6520 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6521 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6522
6523 @itemize @bullet
6524 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6525 devices such as a CPUs.
6526 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6527 standard state machine (in parallel)
6528 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6529 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6530 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6531 while the reading previous ones.
6532 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6533 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6534 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6535 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6536 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6537 registers.
6538 @end itemize
6539
6540 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6541
6542 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6543 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6544 the order of TAP state transitions.
6545 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6546 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6547 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6548
6549 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6550 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6551 that specify the entire register.
6552 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6553 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6554 The return value holds the original value of each
6555 of those fields.
6556
6557 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6558 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6559 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6560 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6561 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6562
6563 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6564 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6565
6566 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6567 in that state.
6568 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6569 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6570 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6571
6572 @quotation Warning
6573 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6574 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6575 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6576 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6577 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6578 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6579 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6580 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6581 @end quotation
6582 @end deffn
6583
6584 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6585 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6586 This may be used for performance tuning.
6587
6588 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6589 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6590 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6591 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6592 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6593 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6597 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6598 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6599 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6600 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6601 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6602
6603 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6604 in that state.
6605 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6606 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6607 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6608
6609 @quotation Note
6610 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6611 register values, unlike data register values.
6612 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6613 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6614 @end quotation
6615 @end deffn
6616
6617 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6618 Set values of reset signals.
6619 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6620 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6621 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6622 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6623 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6624 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6625 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6626
6627 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6628 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6629 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6630 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6631 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6632 instead of the TRST signal.
6633 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6634 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6635 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6636 with handlers for that event.
6637 @end deffn
6638
6639 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6640 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6641 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6642 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6643 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6644 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6645 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6646 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6647 The final state must also be stable.
6648 @end deffn
6649
6650 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6651 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6652 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6653 Instructions often need some time
6654 to execute before they take effect.
6655 @end deffn
6656
6657 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6658 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6659
6660 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6661 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6662 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6663 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6664 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6665 @end deffn
6666
6667 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6668 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6669 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6670 must also be enabled.
6671 Default is enabled.
6672 @end deffn
6673
6674 @section TAP state names
6675 @cindex TAP state names
6676
6677 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6678 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6679 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6680 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6681
6682 @itemize @bullet
6683 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6684 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6685 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6686 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6687 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6688 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6689 through the data register
6690 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6691 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6692 for update or more shifting
6693 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6694 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6695 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6696 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6697 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6698 through the instruction register
6699 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6700 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6701 for update or more shifting
6702 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6703 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6704 @end itemize
6705
6706 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6707 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6708 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6709 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6710
6711 @itemize @bullet
6712 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6713 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6714 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6715 may not be as expected.
6716 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6717 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6718 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6719 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6720 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6721 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6722 @end itemize
6723
6724 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6725 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6726
6727 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6728 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6729 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6730 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6731
6732 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6733 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6734 @cindex SVF
6735
6736 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6737 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6738 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6739
6740 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6741 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6742 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6743 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6744 each command is logged before it is executed.
6745 @end deffn
6746
6747 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6748 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6749 @cindex XSVF
6750
6751 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6752 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6753 Xilinx devices.
6754 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6755
6756 @quotation Important
6757 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6758 @end quotation
6759
6760 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6761 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6762 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6763 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6764 that TAP.
6765 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6766 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6767 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6768 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6769 @end deffn
6770
6771 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6772 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6773 after building the software.
6774 You may find them useful:
6775
6776 @itemize
6777 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6778 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6779 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6780 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6781 @end itemize
6782
6783 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6784 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6785 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6786 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6787 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6788 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6789 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6790
6791
6792 @node TFTP
6793 @chapter TFTP
6794 @cindex TFTP
6795 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6796 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6797
6798 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6799 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6800 server (tftpd). For example,
6801
6802 @example
6803 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6804 @end example
6805
6806 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6807 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6808
6809 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6810 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6811 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6812 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6813
6814 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6815 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6816 @cindex GDB
6817 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6818 to debug remote targets.
6819 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6820
6821 @itemize
6822 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6823 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6824 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6825 as shown in this chapter.
6826 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6827 that also will probably need to be configured.
6828 @end itemize
6829
6830 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6831 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6832 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6833 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6834 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6835 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6836
6837 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6838 @section Connecting to GDB
6839 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6840 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6841 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6842 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6843 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6844
6845 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6846
6847 @enumerate
6848 @item
6849 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6850 @example
6851 target remote localhost:3333
6852 @end example
6853 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6854 @item
6855 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6856 @example
6857 target remote | openocd --pipe
6858 @end example
6859 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6860 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6861 session.
6862 @end enumerate
6863
6864 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6865 GDB command line.
6866
6867 @section Sample GDB session startup
6868
6869 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6870 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6871 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6872 small ARM program.
6873 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6874 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6875
6876 @example
6877 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6878 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6879 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6880 ...
6881 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6882 ...
6883 (gdb) load
6884 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6885 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6886 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6887 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6888 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6889 (gdb) continue
6890 Continuing.
6891 ...
6892 @end example
6893
6894 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6895 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6896 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6897 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6898
6899 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6900
6901 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6902 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6903 packet size and the device's memory map.
6904 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6905 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6906 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6907
6908 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6909 You may need to set those up by hand.
6910 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6911 something like:
6912
6913 @example
6914 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6915 @end example
6916
6917 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6918
6919 @example
6920 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6921 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6922 @end example
6923
6924 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6925 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6926 do not have such restrictions.
6927
6928 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6929 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6930 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6931
6932 @example
6933 define hook-step
6934 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6935 end
6936 define hookpost-step
6937 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6938 end
6939 @end example
6940
6941 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6942 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6943 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6944 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6945
6946 @section Programming using GDB
6947 @cindex Programming using GDB
6948
6949 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6950 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6951 @example
6952 gdb_memory_map disable
6953 @end example
6954 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6955 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6956 working area.
6957
6958 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6959 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6960 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6961 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6962
6963 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6964 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6965
6966 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6967 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6968 @example
6969 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6970 @end example
6971
6972 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6973 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6974
6975 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6976 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6977 will be used.
6978
6979 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6980 script can be executed:
6981 @example
6982 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6983 @end example
6984
6985 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6986 can be used.
6987
6988 @node Tcl Scripting API
6989 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6990 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6991 @cindex Tcl scripts
6992 @section API rules
6993
6994 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6995 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6996 information as an argument to each proc.
6997
6998 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6999 pair list and lists.
7000
7001 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7002 list.
7003
7004 @verbatim
7005
7006 > set foo(me) Duane
7007 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7008 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7009 > set foo(duck) Donald
7010
7011 If one does this:
7012
7013 > set foo
7014
7015 The result is:
7016
7017 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7018
7019 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7020
7021 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7022 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7023 }
7024 @end verbatim
7025
7026 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7027 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7028
7029 @section Internal low-level Commands
7030
7031 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7032
7033 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7034 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7035 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7036
7037 @itemize @bullet
7038 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7039
7040 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7041 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7042
7043 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7044 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7045
7046 Return information about the flash banks
7047 @end itemize
7048
7049 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7050 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7051 called "flash_banks".
7052
7053 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7054
7055 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7056 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7057 holds one of the following values:
7058
7059 @itemize @bullet
7060 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7061 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7062 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7063 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7064 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7065 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7066 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7067 @end itemize
7068
7069 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7070
7071 @quotation Note
7072 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7073 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7074 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7075 is jim, not real tcl).
7076 @end quotation
7077
7078 @node FAQ
7079 @chapter FAQ
7080 @cindex faq
7081 @enumerate
7082 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7083 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7084 @cindex RTCK
7085 @cindex adaptive clocking
7086 @*
7087
7088 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7089 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7090 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7091 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7092
7093 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7094 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7095 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7096 @enumerate
7097 @item
7098 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7099 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7100 @item
7101 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7102 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7103 @end enumerate
7104
7105 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7106 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7107 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7108 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7109 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7110 power).
7111
7112 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7113 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7114 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7115 ARM926 scenario).
7116 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7117 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7118 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7119
7120 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7121 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7122 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7123 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7124
7125 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7126
7127 In order to make use of this,
7128 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7129 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7130
7131 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7132 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7133 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7134 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7135 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7136
7137 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7138 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7139 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7140 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7141
7142 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7143 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7144 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7145 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7146 with a CPLD.
7147 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7148 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7149 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7150 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7151 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7152 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7153
7154 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7155
7156 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7157
7158 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7159 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7160 depending on the chips on your board.
7161 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7162 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7163 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7164
7165 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7166
7167 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7168 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7169 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7170 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7171
7172 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7173 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7174 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7175 this way.
7176
7177 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7178 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7179 clock rate.
7180 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7181 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7182 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7183
7184 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7185
7186 @example
7187 # Example: 1.234MHz
7188 jtag_khz 1234
7189 @end example
7190
7191
7192 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7193
7194 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7195 around Windows filenames.
7196
7197 @example
7198 > echo \a
7199
7200 > echo @{\a@}
7201 \a
7202 > echo "\a"
7203
7204 >
7205 @end example
7206
7207
7208 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7209
7210 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7211 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7212 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7213
7214 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7215 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7216 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7217
7218 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7219 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7220 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7221
7222 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7223
7224 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7225 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7226 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7227 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7228
7229 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7230 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7231 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7232
7233 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7234 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7235
7236 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7237 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7238 memory read caused data abort".
7239
7240 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7241 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7242 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7243 be done, feel free to add this here.
7244
7245 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7246 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7247 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7248 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7249 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7250 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7251 gracefully stops.
7252
7253 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7254 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7255 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7256
7257 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7258 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7259 bytes. Painful...
7260
7261
7262 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7263 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7264
7265 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7266 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7267 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7268 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7269 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7270 reset, everything else should work fine.
7271
7272 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7273 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7274 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7275 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7276
7277 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7278 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7279 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7280 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7281
7282 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7283
7284 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7285 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7286 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7287 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7288
7289 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7290 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7291 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7292 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7293
7294 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7295 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7296 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7297
7298 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7299 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7300
7301 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7302 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7303 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7304 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7305 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7306 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7307 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7308 clock frequency?
7309
7310 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7311 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7312 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7313 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7314 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7315
7316 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7317
7318 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7319 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7320 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7321 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7322 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7323 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7324 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7325
7326 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7327
7328 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7329 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7330 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7331 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7332
7333 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7334 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7335 particular order?
7336
7337 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7338 the same order used by the hardware.
7339
7340 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7341 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7342 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7343 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7344 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7345 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7346
7347 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7348 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7349 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7350 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7351
7352 @itemize @bullet
7353 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7354 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7355 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7356 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7357 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7358 @end itemize
7359
7360 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7361
7362 @itemize @bullet
7363 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7364 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7365 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7366 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7367 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7368 @end itemize
7369
7370
7371 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7372 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7373 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7374
7375 TODO.
7376
7377 @end enumerate
7378
7379 @node Tcl Crash Course
7380 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7381 @cindex Tcl
7382
7383 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7384 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7385 how the Tcl scripts work.
7386
7387 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7388 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7389 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7390 OpenOCD.
7391
7392 @section Tcl Rule #1
7393 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7394 @enumerate
7395 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7396 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7397 @end enumerate
7398
7399 The Tcl equal is this:
7400
7401 @enumerate
7402 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7403 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7404 @end enumerate
7405
7406 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7407 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7408
7409 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7410 There is a second pair of rules.
7411 @enumerate
7412 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7413 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7414 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7415 in Tcl.
7416 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7417 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7418 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7419 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7420 @end enumerate
7421
7422 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7423 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7424 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7425 Everything is a string}
7426
7427 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7428 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7429 difference is subtle.
7430 @enumerate
7431 @item Parse Time
7432 @item Evaluation Time
7433 @end enumerate
7434
7435 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7436 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7437 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7438
7439 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7440 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7441 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7442 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7443
7444 @itemize @bullet
7445 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7446 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7447 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7448 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7449 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7450 @example
7451 # bash example
7452 X=`date`
7453 echo "The Date is: $X"
7454 # Tcl example
7455 set X [date]
7456 puts "The Date is: $X"
7457 @end example
7458 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7459 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7460 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7461 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7462 is a string}
7463 @example
7464 set x "Dinner"
7465 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7466 @end example
7467 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7468 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7469 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7470 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7471 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7472 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7473 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7474 @end itemize
7475
7476 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7477
7478 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7479
7480 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7481
7482 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7483 the normal way.
7484
7485 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7486 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7487 line is immedatly executed.
7488
7489 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7490 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7491
7492 @subsection Command Execution
7493
7494 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7495 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7496 control flow operators.
7497
7498 Commands are executed like this:
7499
7500 @enumerate
7501 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7502 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7503 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7504 @end enumerate
7505
7506 It sort of works like this:
7507 @example
7508 for(;;)@{
7509 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7510
7511 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7512
7513 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7514 @}
7515 @end example
7516
7517 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7518 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7519 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7520 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7521 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7522 ``LookupCommand()''
7523
7524 @subsection The FOR command
7525
7526 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7527 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7528 command just like any other command.
7529
7530 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7531 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7532 are:
7533
7534 @enumerate 0
7535 @item The ascii text 'for'
7536 @item The start text
7537 @item The test expression
7538 @item The next text
7539 @item The body text
7540 @end enumerate
7541
7542 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7543 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7544 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7545 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7546
7547 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7548 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7549
7550 @example
7551 int
7552 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7553 int *argc,
7554 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7555 @end example
7556
7557 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7558 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7559 still operates in the same basic way.
7560
7561 @subsection FOR command implementation
7562
7563 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7564 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7565
7566 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7567
7568 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7569
7570 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7571 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7572 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7573
7574 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7575 expression and returns a value.
7576
7577 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7578 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7579 @example
7580 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7581
7582 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7583
7584 int
7585 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7586 int argc,
7587 char **argv )
7588 @{
7589 if( argc != 5 )@{
7590 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7591 return ERROR;
7592 @}
7593
7594 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7595
7596 // Execute the start statement.
7597 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7598
7599 // Top of loop test
7600 for(;;)@{
7601 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7602 if( i == 0 )
7603 break;
7604
7605 // Execute the body
7606 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7607
7608 // Execute the LOOP part
7609 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7610 @}
7611
7612 // Return no error
7613 SetResult( interp, "" );
7614 return SUCCESS;
7615 @}
7616 @end example
7617
7618 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7619 in the same basic way.
7620
7621 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7622
7623 @subsection source and find commands
7624 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7625 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7626 @*Remember the parsing rules
7627 @enumerate
7628 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7629 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7630 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7631 substituted on the orginal command line.
7632 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7633 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7634 @end enumerate
7635 @subsection format command
7636 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7637 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7638 @b{sprintf()}.
7639 @b{Example}
7640 @example
7641 set x 6
7642 set y 7
7643 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7644 @end example
7645 @enumerate
7646 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7647 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7648 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7649 @* Refer to Rule #1
7650 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7651 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7652 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7653 @end enumerate
7654 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7655 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7656 @example
7657 #1 Good
7658 proc someproc @{@} @{
7659 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7660 @}
7661 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7662 #2 Good - no variables
7663 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7664 #3 Good Curly Braces
7665 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7666 puts "Time: [date]"
7667 @}
7668 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7669 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7670 @end example
7671 @enumerate
7672 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7673 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7674 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7675 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7676 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7677 command.
7678 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7679 @*There are 4 examples:
7680 @enumerate
7681 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7682 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7683 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7684 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7685 @end enumerate
7686
7687 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7688 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7689 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7690
7691 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7692 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7693 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7694 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7695 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7696 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7697 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7698 @end enumerate
7699 @subsection Global Variables
7700 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7701 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7702 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7703 @example
7704 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7705 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7706 global x #Global variable X
7707 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7708 @}
7709 @end example
7710 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7711 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7712 @example
7713 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7714 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7715 # Create var name
7716 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7717 # Make it a global
7718 global $vn
7719 # Set it.
7720 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7721 @}
7722 @end example
7723 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7724 @example
7725 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7726 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7727 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7728 @}
7729 @end example
7730
7731 @include fdl.texi
7732
7733 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7734 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7735 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7736 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7737 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7738 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7739
7740 @printindex cp
7741
7742 @node Command and Driver Index
7743 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7744 @printindex fn
7745
7746 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)